1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
4 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
9 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
33 #include "blockinput.h"
35 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
36 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
37 #include "syssignal.h"
39 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
40 if this is not done before the other system files. */
42 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
44 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
45 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
47 #include <sys/types.h>
50 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
59 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
60 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
63 #include "character.h"
66 #include "dispextern.h"
68 #include "termhooks.h"
71 #include "emacs-icon.h"
76 #include "intervals.h"
82 #include "xsettings.h"
84 #include "sysselect.h"
87 #include <X11/Shell.h>
90 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
101 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
105 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
107 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
108 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
110 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
112 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
113 #if defined USE_MOTIF
114 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
115 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
116 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
119 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
122 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
123 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
124 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
125 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
127 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
128 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
129 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
130 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
132 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
136 #ifndef XtNinitialState
137 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
141 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
145 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
150 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
152 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
154 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
157 static int any_help_event_p
;
159 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
160 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
162 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
164 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
166 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
168 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
170 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
173 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
175 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
176 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
177 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
178 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
180 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
182 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
183 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
184 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
185 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
187 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
189 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
191 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
193 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
198 } pending_event_wait
;
201 /* The application context for Xt use. */
202 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
203 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
204 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
206 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
208 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
210 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
211 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
213 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
215 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
216 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
217 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
219 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
223 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
224 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
225 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
226 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
228 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
230 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
231 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
232 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
233 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
234 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
235 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
236 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
237 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
238 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
241 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
243 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
244 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
245 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
247 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
249 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
250 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
253 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
254 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
257 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
259 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
260 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
261 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
262 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
263 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
264 it's somewhat accurate. */
266 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
268 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
270 static Time last_user_time
;
272 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
276 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
278 static int input_signal_count
;
281 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
283 static int x_noop_count
;
285 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
287 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
288 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
289 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
291 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
292 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
295 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
296 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
298 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
299 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
302 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
303 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
305 /* XEmbed implementation. */
307 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
311 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
316 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
317 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
318 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
319 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
321 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
322 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
323 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
325 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
326 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
327 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
328 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
329 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
332 /* Used in x_flush. */
334 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
335 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
336 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
337 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
339 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
340 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
341 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
342 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
343 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
344 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
345 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
346 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
347 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
348 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
349 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
350 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
351 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
352 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
353 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
354 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
355 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
356 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
357 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
358 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
360 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
361 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
362 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
363 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
364 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
365 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
366 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
367 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
368 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
370 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
371 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
372 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
373 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
374 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
375 int *, struct input_event
*);
376 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
377 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
378 static SIGTYPE
x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
381 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
384 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
386 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
387 connection may be broken. */
388 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
394 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
395 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
396 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
397 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
399 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
400 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
405 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
406 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
407 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
408 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
409 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
412 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
415 /***********************************************************************
417 ***********************************************************************/
421 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
422 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
430 struct record event_record
[100];
432 int event_record_index
;
435 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
437 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
438 event_record_index
= 0;
440 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
441 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
442 event_record_index
++;
449 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
451 struct x_display_info
*
452 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
456 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
457 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
463 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
466 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
469 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
470 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
472 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
475 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
476 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
477 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
478 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
480 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
485 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
486 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
487 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
488 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
492 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
494 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
497 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
499 /* return unless necessary */
504 unsigned long n
, left
;
506 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
507 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
508 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
509 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
512 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
514 XFree ((void *) data
);
515 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
524 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
525 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
526 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
527 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
532 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
534 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
538 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
540 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
544 /***********************************************************************
545 Starting and ending an update
546 ***********************************************************************/
548 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
549 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
550 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
551 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
552 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
555 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
561 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
562 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
566 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
568 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
569 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
572 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
576 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
578 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
579 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
581 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
583 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
584 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
591 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
594 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
596 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
599 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
601 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
604 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
605 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
608 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
610 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
611 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
613 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
614 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
615 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
617 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
618 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
622 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
624 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
626 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
631 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
633 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
635 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
636 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
641 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
642 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
643 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
645 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
646 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
647 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
650 updated_window
= NULL
;
654 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
658 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
660 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
661 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
665 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
671 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
672 complete update has been performed. The global variable
673 updated_window is not available here. */
676 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
680 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
682 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
683 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
686 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
687 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
688 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
689 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
690 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
697 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
698 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
699 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
700 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
701 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
702 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
705 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
707 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
713 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
714 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
716 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
717 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
718 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
719 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
720 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
721 overhead is very small. */
722 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
723 && desired_row
->full_width_p
724 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
725 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
727 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
730 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
733 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
734 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
735 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
736 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
737 y
, width
, height
, False
);
743 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
745 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
746 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
747 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
748 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
749 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
751 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
752 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
756 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
758 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
759 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
760 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
761 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
763 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
765 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
767 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
768 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
769 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
770 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
771 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
772 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
773 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
774 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
776 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
780 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
781 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
782 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
786 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
787 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
788 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
789 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
793 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
795 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
796 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
798 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
803 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
805 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
806 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
808 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
809 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
814 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
815 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
818 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
824 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
825 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
829 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
831 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
833 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
835 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
837 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
838 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
840 face
->background
, depth
);
844 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
845 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
848 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
849 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
850 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
851 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
854 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
855 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
856 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
860 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
861 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
862 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
866 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
871 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
872 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
873 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
877 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
881 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
882 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
885 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
890 /***********************************************************************
892 ***********************************************************************/
896 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
897 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
898 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
900 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
901 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
902 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
903 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
904 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
905 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
906 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
907 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
908 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
909 unsigned long *, double, int);
910 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
911 double, int, unsigned long);
912 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
913 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
914 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
915 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
916 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
917 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
919 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
920 int, int, int, int, int, int,
922 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
923 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
924 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
927 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
931 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
935 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
937 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
938 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
939 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
941 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
944 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
948 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
949 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
951 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
952 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
953 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
954 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
955 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
956 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
957 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
959 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
960 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
961 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
963 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
964 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
967 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
968 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
969 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
971 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
972 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
975 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
976 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
978 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
983 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
986 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
991 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
992 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
993 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
995 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
997 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
998 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1000 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1001 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1002 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1004 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1005 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1008 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1013 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1014 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1015 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1016 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1018 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1019 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1022 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1023 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1025 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1028 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1032 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1033 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1034 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1037 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1039 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1043 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1044 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1048 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1050 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1052 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1054 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1055 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1057 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1059 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1060 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1062 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1064 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1067 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1069 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1070 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1072 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1073 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1075 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1076 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1080 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1081 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1084 /* GC must have been set. */
1085 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1089 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1090 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1093 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1095 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1096 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1099 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1104 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1105 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1109 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1114 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1116 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1119 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1124 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1127 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1130 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1131 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1133 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1135 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1137 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1138 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1141 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1142 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1143 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1147 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1149 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1151 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1152 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1153 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1157 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1158 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1163 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1166 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1169 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1170 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1171 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1172 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1176 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1177 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1178 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1179 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1180 contains the first component of a composition. */
1183 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1185 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1186 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1187 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1189 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1193 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1194 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1195 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1196 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1197 s
->background_width
,
1198 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1199 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1200 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1202 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1203 || s
->font_not_found_p
1204 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1207 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1208 s
->background_width
,
1209 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1210 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1216 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1219 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1223 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1224 of S to the right of that box line. */
1225 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1226 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1227 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1231 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1233 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1235 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1237 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1238 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1239 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1241 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1246 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1247 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1250 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1251 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1253 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1255 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1256 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1258 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1259 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1260 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1264 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1267 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1270 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1272 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1273 of S to the right of that box line. */
1274 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1275 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1276 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1280 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1281 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1282 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1283 this composition. */
1285 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1286 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1287 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1289 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1290 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1291 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1293 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1297 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1298 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1300 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1301 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1303 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1304 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1305 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1310 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1315 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1317 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1318 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1319 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1322 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1326 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1327 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1328 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1331 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1332 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1333 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1334 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1335 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1336 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1344 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1345 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1346 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1352 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1355 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1357 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1361 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1362 of S to the right of that box line. */
1363 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1364 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1365 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1371 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1373 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1374 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1376 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1379 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1380 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1384 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1385 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1386 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1387 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1388 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1389 str
= (char *) SDATA (acronym
);
1392 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1394 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1395 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1396 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1402 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1405 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1406 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1408 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1409 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1411 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1412 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1413 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1415 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1416 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1417 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1420 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1421 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1422 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1423 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1424 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1425 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1429 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1431 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1432 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1433 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1434 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1435 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1438 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1439 cannot be determined. */
1441 static struct frame
*
1442 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1448 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1450 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1451 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1452 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1453 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1454 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1455 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1457 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1458 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1459 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1460 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1461 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1463 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1464 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1465 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1472 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1473 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1474 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1475 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1478 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1480 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1481 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1485 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1486 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1487 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1488 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1489 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1490 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1493 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1494 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1496 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1497 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1501 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1502 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1504 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1506 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1508 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1513 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1514 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1516 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1519 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1521 DPY is the display we are working on.
1523 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1524 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1525 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1526 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1528 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1529 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1531 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1532 we allocated the color or not.
1534 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1537 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1538 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1539 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1549 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1550 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1552 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1556 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1557 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1558 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1560 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1562 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1563 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1565 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1567 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1568 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1570 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1571 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1573 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1574 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1579 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1581 params
[0] = color_name
;
1582 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1583 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1584 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1589 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1591 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1593 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1597 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1601 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1602 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1605 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1610 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1611 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1612 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1614 APP is the application context in which we work.
1616 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1617 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1618 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1620 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1623 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1628 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1630 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1633 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1635 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1636 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1637 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1638 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1639 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1644 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1647 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1648 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1649 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1650 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1652 static const XColor
*
1653 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1655 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1657 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1659 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1662 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1663 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1664 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1665 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1666 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1668 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1669 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1671 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1672 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1675 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1676 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1680 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1681 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1684 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1686 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1688 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1691 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1693 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1694 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1695 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1696 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1700 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1704 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1705 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1708 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1710 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1714 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1715 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1716 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1720 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1724 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1727 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1728 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1729 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1730 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1732 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1734 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1736 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1738 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1739 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1740 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1741 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1743 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1746 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1750 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1751 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1752 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1753 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1757 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1758 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1759 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1760 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1761 XColor
*cached_color
;
1763 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1764 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1765 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1766 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1767 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1769 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1770 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1771 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1775 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1777 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1778 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1784 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1785 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1786 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1790 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1792 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1793 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1797 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1798 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1799 get color reference counts right. */
1802 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1806 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1808 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1809 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1811 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1812 register_color (pixel
);
1818 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1819 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1820 get color reference counts right. */
1823 x_copy_dpy_color (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1827 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1829 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1830 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1832 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1833 register_color (pixel
);
1839 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1842 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1843 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1844 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1845 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1846 use an additional additive factor.
1848 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1849 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1850 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1853 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1854 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1855 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1856 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1857 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1858 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1861 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1867 /* Get RGB color values. */
1868 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1869 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1871 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1872 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1873 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1874 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1875 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1877 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1878 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1880 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1881 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1882 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1883 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1884 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1886 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1887 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1888 /* The additive adjustment. */
1889 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1893 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1894 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1895 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1899 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1900 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1901 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1905 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1906 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1909 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1911 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1912 delta to the RGB values. */
1913 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1915 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1916 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1917 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1918 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1929 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1930 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1931 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1932 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1933 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1934 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1937 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1940 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1941 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1942 unsigned long pixel
;
1943 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1944 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1945 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1946 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1948 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1949 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1951 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1952 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1953 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1955 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1957 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1958 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1961 /* Allocate new color. */
1962 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1964 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1965 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1967 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1968 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1971 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1973 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1975 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1978 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1982 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1985 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1987 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1988 unsigned long color
;
1990 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1991 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1992 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1994 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1995 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2000 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2001 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2002 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2005 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2006 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2008 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2009 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2010 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2011 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2012 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2017 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2018 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2019 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2020 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2021 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2022 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2026 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2027 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2028 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
2029 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2031 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2032 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2037 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2039 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2040 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2042 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2043 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2044 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2051 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2052 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2053 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2055 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2056 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2057 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2058 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2065 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2067 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2068 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2070 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2071 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2072 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2075 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2077 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2079 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2080 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2084 /* Outermost top line. */
2086 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2087 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2088 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2090 /* Outermost left line. */
2092 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2098 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2099 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2100 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2101 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2102 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2103 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2104 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2110 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2111 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2112 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2113 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2114 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2117 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2121 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2122 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2123 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2124 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2125 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2126 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2129 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2130 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2131 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2135 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2136 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2137 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2140 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2141 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2145 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2146 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2149 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2150 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2154 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2155 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2157 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2158 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2162 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2165 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2167 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2168 int left_p
, right_p
;
2169 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2170 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2172 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2173 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2174 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2176 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2177 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2179 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2181 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2182 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2184 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2186 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2188 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2190 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2191 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2193 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2194 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2195 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2197 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2199 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2201 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2202 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2203 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2206 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2207 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2208 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2213 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2216 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2219 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2221 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2222 right of that line. */
2223 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2224 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2226 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2228 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2230 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2231 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2232 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2233 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2239 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2240 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2241 trust on the shape extension to be available
2242 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2244 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2247 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2249 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2250 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2251 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2252 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2253 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2255 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2258 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2259 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2260 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2261 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2262 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2263 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2267 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2269 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2272 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2273 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2274 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2275 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2276 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2277 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2279 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2280 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2281 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2282 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2283 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2284 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2285 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2287 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2289 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2291 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2292 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2297 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2298 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2299 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2303 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2306 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2308 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2311 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2313 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2314 right of that line. */
2315 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2316 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2318 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2320 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2322 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2323 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2324 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2325 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2327 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2328 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2330 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2331 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2335 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2336 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2339 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2340 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2342 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2343 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2344 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2345 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2347 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2348 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2349 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2351 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2353 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2358 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2361 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2364 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2366 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2367 right of that line. */
2368 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2369 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2371 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2373 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2375 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2376 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2377 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2378 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2384 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2385 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2386 trust on the shape extension to be available
2387 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2389 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2393 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2394 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2395 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2396 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2397 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2399 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2400 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2401 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2402 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2406 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2407 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2408 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2410 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2411 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2412 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2413 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2414 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2415 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2416 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2418 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2420 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2421 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2422 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2427 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2428 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2429 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2433 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2434 give the rectangle to draw. */
2437 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2441 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2442 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2443 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2444 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2447 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2451 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2454 s->x +-------------------------
2457 | +-------------------------
2460 | | +-------------------
2466 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2468 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2469 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2471 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2474 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2475 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2476 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2477 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2479 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2480 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2482 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2483 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2487 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2488 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2492 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2493 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2494 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2495 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2496 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2498 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2499 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2500 s
->background_width
,
2503 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2505 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2507 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2510 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2511 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2512 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2513 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2514 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2515 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2516 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2521 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2523 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2524 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2525 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2526 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2534 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2536 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2538 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2539 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2541 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2544 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2547 /* Draw the foreground. */
2550 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2551 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2552 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2553 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2554 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2557 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2559 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2561 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2562 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2563 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2567 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2570 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2572 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2574 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2575 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2577 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2578 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2579 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2582 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2584 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2588 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2594 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2596 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2598 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2599 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2600 x
+= background_width
;
2602 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2603 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2607 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2609 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2610 if (width
< background_width
)
2613 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2617 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2621 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2622 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2624 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2630 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2631 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2633 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2635 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2636 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2637 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2638 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2643 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2644 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2645 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2646 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2650 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2652 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2653 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2655 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2656 except for header line and mode line. */
2657 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2659 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2662 if (background_width
> 0)
2663 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2666 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2670 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2673 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2675 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2677 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2678 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2679 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2680 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2683 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2685 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2686 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2687 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2688 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2690 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2691 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2692 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2693 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2695 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2696 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2700 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2701 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2703 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2704 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2705 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2706 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2707 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2708 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2711 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2712 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2713 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2714 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2717 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2719 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2720 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2721 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2722 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2723 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2724 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2726 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2728 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2731 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2735 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2739 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2740 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2742 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2743 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2746 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2747 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2748 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2749 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2751 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2752 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2755 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2756 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2757 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2759 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2760 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2767 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2769 /* Draw underline. */
2770 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2772 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2775 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2777 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2778 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2779 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2783 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2784 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2785 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2788 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2789 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2792 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2793 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2794 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2795 specs, and its default is
2797 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2798 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2800 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2801 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2802 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2804 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2806 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2808 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2810 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2811 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2812 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2813 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2814 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2815 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2816 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2817 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2818 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2819 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2820 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2821 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2825 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2826 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2827 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2828 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2829 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2833 /* Draw overline. */
2834 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2836 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2838 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2839 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2844 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2845 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2846 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2848 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2852 /* Draw strike-through. */
2853 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2855 unsigned long h
= 1;
2856 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2858 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2859 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2864 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2865 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2866 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2868 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2872 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2873 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2874 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2878 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2880 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2881 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2882 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2884 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2885 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2886 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2889 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2890 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2891 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2892 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2894 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2895 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2897 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2903 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2905 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2906 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2907 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2909 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2910 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2911 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2914 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2915 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2916 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2917 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2919 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2920 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2922 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2927 /* Reset clipping. */
2928 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2932 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2935 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2937 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2938 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2939 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2943 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2947 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2953 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2954 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2957 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2959 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2960 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2964 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2967 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2969 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2971 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2972 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2973 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2975 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2976 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2978 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2980 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2981 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2982 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2984 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2985 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2986 redisplay, do it here. */
2987 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2988 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2991 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2998 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3000 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
3001 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
3003 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3006 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
3007 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
3010 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
3012 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
3013 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
3014 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
3016 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
3017 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
3021 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3023 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3024 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3028 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3030 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3031 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3033 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3035 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3039 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3045 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3046 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3047 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3050 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3051 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3052 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3053 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3054 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3055 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3056 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3060 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3061 pixels into background pixels. */
3065 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3066 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3067 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3069 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3070 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3074 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3075 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3076 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3077 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3078 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3079 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3080 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3084 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3085 edge it is next to. */
3086 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3088 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3089 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3092 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3093 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3100 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3102 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3103 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3105 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3107 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3108 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3109 width
, flash_height
);
3110 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3112 (height
- flash_height
3113 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3114 width
, flash_height
);
3118 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3119 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3120 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3121 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3126 struct timeval wakeup
;
3128 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3130 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3131 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3132 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3133 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3135 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3137 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3139 struct timeval current
;
3140 struct timeval timeout
;
3142 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3144 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3145 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3148 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3150 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3152 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3153 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3157 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3158 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3160 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3162 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3163 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3164 width
, flash_height
);
3165 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3167 (height
- flash_height
3168 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3169 width
, flash_height
);
3172 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3173 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3174 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3175 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3178 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3179 #undef XFillRectangle
3181 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3190 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3194 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3199 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3200 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3201 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3204 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3205 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3206 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3211 /* Make audible bell. */
3214 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3216 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3218 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3225 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3226 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3233 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3234 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3235 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3236 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3239 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3241 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3246 /***********************************************************************
3248 ***********************************************************************/
3250 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3251 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3254 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3260 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3263 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3265 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3266 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3268 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3269 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3271 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3273 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3274 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3275 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3279 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3280 line at the bottom. */
3281 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3282 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3284 height
= run
->height
;
3288 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3290 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3291 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3293 height
= run
->height
;
3298 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3302 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3303 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3304 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3314 /***********************************************************************
3316 ***********************************************************************/
3320 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3322 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3323 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3324 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3325 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3327 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3328 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3330 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3331 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3335 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3337 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3338 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3339 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3340 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3342 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3343 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3345 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3346 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3349 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3350 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3351 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3352 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3353 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3356 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3358 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3360 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3362 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3363 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3364 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3366 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3367 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3369 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3370 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3372 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3375 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3378 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3379 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3380 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3383 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3385 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3387 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3389 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3390 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3392 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3393 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3394 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3395 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3396 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3398 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3399 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3403 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3406 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3407 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3410 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3412 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3414 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3416 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3417 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3421 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3422 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3424 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3425 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3429 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3430 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3432 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3435 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3437 struct frame
*frame
;
3439 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3443 switch (event
->type
)
3448 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3450 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3452 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3453 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3454 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3455 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3457 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3463 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3464 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3465 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3466 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3470 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3472 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3473 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3474 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3481 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3484 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3486 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3489 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3490 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3491 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3493 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3494 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3495 the appropriate X display info. */
3498 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3500 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3504 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3506 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3508 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3510 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3511 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3512 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3513 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3514 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3516 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3517 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3521 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3523 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3526 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3527 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3528 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3534 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3536 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3538 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3540 int min_code
, max_code
;
3543 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3545 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3546 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3547 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3548 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3549 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3551 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3553 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3554 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3556 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3558 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3559 Alt keysyms are on. */
3561 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3562 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3564 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3566 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3567 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3569 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3571 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3575 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3579 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3581 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3587 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3588 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3593 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3594 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3599 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3600 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3601 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3602 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3607 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3608 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3609 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3610 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3614 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3615 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3616 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3617 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3618 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3627 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3628 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3630 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3631 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3634 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3635 make them just meta, not alt. */
3636 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3638 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3641 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3642 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3645 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3649 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3651 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3652 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3653 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3654 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3657 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3658 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3659 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3660 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3661 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3662 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3663 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3664 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3667 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3668 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3669 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3670 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3671 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3672 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3676 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3678 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3679 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3680 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3681 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3685 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3686 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3687 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3688 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3689 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3690 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3691 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3692 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3695 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3696 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3697 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3698 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3699 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3700 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3703 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3706 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3711 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3719 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3721 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3723 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3727 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3729 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3731 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3732 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3733 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3734 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3736 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3740 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3741 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3742 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3748 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3749 The input handler calls this.
3751 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3752 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3753 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3754 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3756 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3757 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3760 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3762 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3763 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3764 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3766 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3769 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3771 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3772 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3773 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3774 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3779 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3780 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3781 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3782 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3783 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3784 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3786 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3787 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3788 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3789 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3790 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3791 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3799 /************************************************************************
3801 ************************************************************************/
3804 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3806 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3807 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3808 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3809 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3810 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3815 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3816 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3818 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3819 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3820 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3821 position on the scroll bar.
3823 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3824 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3827 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3828 was at this position.
3830 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3832 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3836 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
3842 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3843 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3849 Window dummy_window
;
3852 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3854 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3855 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3856 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3857 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3858 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3860 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3862 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3863 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3864 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3866 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3869 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3870 a different screen. */
3873 /* The position on that root window. */
3876 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3879 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3881 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3883 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3884 containing the pointer. */
3888 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3892 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3893 structure is changing at the same time this function
3894 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3896 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3898 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3899 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3901 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3902 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3903 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3905 /* From-window, to-window. */
3906 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3908 /* From-position, to-position. */
3909 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3913 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3919 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3921 /* From-window, to-window. */
3924 /* From-position, to-position. */
3925 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3930 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3933 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3934 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3935 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3936 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3937 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3945 /* Now we know that:
3946 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3947 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3948 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3949 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3950 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3951 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3952 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3953 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3954 never use them in that case.) */
3957 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3958 want the edit window. */
3959 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3961 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3962 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3965 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3966 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3969 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3970 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3972 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3975 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3978 x_uncatch_errors ();
3980 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3983 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3985 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3989 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3995 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3996 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4000 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4001 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4002 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4003 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4004 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4005 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4006 the frame are divided into. */
4008 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4009 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4014 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4015 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4016 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4026 /***********************************************************************
4028 ***********************************************************************/
4030 /* Scroll bar support. */
4032 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4034 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4037 static struct scroll_bar
*
4038 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4042 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4043 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4044 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4046 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4048 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4050 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4051 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4052 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4055 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4058 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4060 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4061 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4062 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4063 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4064 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4067 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4068 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4069 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4070 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4077 #if defined USE_LUCID
4079 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4080 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4083 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4087 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4089 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4091 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4092 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4094 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4102 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4105 /************************************************************************
4107 ************************************************************************/
4109 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4111 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4112 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4113 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4114 struct scroll_bar
*);
4115 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4119 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4120 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4122 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4124 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4126 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4128 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4129 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4132 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4134 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4136 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4138 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4139 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4140 to avoid jerkyness. */
4142 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4144 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4145 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4146 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4147 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4150 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4151 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4154 const char *end_action
;
4157 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4158 end_action
= "Release";
4159 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4160 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4161 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4162 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4165 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4166 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4170 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4171 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4172 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4174 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4176 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4177 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4178 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4180 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4181 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4183 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4184 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4187 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4189 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4190 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4192 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4193 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4196 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4197 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4198 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4199 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4202 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4205 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4206 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4207 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4212 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4213 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4214 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4215 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4216 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4219 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4220 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4221 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4222 into that array in the event. */
4223 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4224 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4227 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4229 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4230 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4231 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4233 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4235 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4236 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4239 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4240 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4241 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4242 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4243 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4244 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4246 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4247 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4248 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4249 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4252 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4253 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4254 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4255 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4260 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4264 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4266 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4271 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4272 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4274 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4275 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4277 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4278 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4281 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4283 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4285 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4286 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4287 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4288 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4289 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4295 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4297 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4300 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4301 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4302 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4305 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4307 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4308 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4309 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4313 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4314 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4315 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4318 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4319 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4320 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4323 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4324 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4325 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4328 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4329 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4330 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4334 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4335 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4338 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4339 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4340 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4347 /* Get the slider size. */
4349 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4352 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4353 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4354 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4355 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4359 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4365 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4366 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4367 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4371 #elif defined USE_GTK
4373 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4374 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4377 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4378 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4382 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4384 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4385 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4386 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4388 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4389 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4394 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4395 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4396 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4397 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4399 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4400 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4401 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4402 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4403 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4406 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4407 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4408 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4410 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4411 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4412 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4414 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4415 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4416 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4418 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4419 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4420 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4426 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4427 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4428 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4434 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4437 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4438 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4441 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4442 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4443 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4445 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4446 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4447 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4454 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4456 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4457 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4458 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4462 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4464 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4465 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4467 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4470 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4472 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4476 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4478 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4479 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4480 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4481 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4482 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4484 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4486 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4488 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4489 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4490 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4491 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4495 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4496 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4497 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4498 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4499 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4500 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4501 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4504 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4506 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4507 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4508 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4512 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4514 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4517 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4518 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4520 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4521 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4522 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4523 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4525 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4527 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4528 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4529 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4530 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4533 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4535 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4537 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4538 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4542 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4544 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4547 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4548 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4553 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4556 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4562 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4563 unsigned long pixel
;
4568 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4569 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4570 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4571 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4572 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4573 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4574 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4575 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4577 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4580 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4584 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4587 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4591 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4592 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4594 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4595 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4597 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4599 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4601 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4603 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4605 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4607 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4610 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4611 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4613 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4614 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4615 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4616 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4618 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4620 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4621 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4622 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4623 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4624 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4625 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4626 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4627 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4629 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4632 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4636 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4639 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4643 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4645 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4646 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4648 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4651 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4652 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4653 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4655 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4658 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4660 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4663 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4664 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4665 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4667 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4671 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4672 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4673 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4674 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4675 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4676 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4677 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4680 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4681 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4685 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4686 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4687 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4689 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4691 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4694 /* Specify the colors. */
4695 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4698 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4701 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4704 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4710 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4711 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4715 char *val
= initial
;
4716 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4717 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4718 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4720 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4721 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4722 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4723 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4724 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4725 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4729 /* Define callbacks. */
4730 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4731 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4734 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4735 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4737 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4739 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4740 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4741 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4742 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4744 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4745 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4746 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4747 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4751 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4754 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4755 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4759 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4761 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4764 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4766 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4769 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4770 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4777 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4778 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4779 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4780 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4781 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4782 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4783 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4784 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4785 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4786 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4787 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4788 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4789 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4790 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4797 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4798 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4801 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4805 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4806 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4808 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4809 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4810 size
= max (size
, 1);
4812 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4813 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4814 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4816 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4818 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4824 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4825 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4829 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4831 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4832 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4833 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4837 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4838 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4839 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4842 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4843 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4845 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4846 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4847 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4848 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4850 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4851 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4854 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4855 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4856 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4858 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4862 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4866 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4868 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4872 /************************************************************************
4873 Scroll bars, general
4874 ************************************************************************/
4876 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4877 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4878 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4881 static struct scroll_bar
*
4882 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4884 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4885 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4886 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4890 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4891 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4892 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4894 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4898 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4899 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4900 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4902 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4903 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4905 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4907 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4909 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4910 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4911 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4912 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4913 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4915 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4917 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4918 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4919 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4921 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4923 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4930 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4932 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4934 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4938 bar
->height
= height
;
4941 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4942 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4944 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4945 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4947 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4948 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4949 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4951 /* Map the window/widget. */
4952 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4955 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4958 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4959 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4961 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4962 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4963 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4964 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4966 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4967 max (height
, 1), 0);
4968 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4969 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4971 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4972 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4973 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4980 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4982 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4984 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4985 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4986 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4989 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4990 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4991 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4992 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4993 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4996 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
4998 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4999 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5000 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5001 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5003 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5005 && start
== bar
->start
5012 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5013 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5014 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5016 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5017 the distance between start and end. */
5019 int length
= end
- start
;
5023 else if (start
> top_range
)
5025 end
= start
+ length
;
5029 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5033 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5037 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5038 if (end
> top_range
)
5041 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5042 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5043 that many pixels tall. */
5044 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5046 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5047 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5049 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5050 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5051 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5052 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5053 inside_width
, start
,
5056 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5057 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5058 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5059 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5061 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5062 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5063 /* x, y, width, height */
5064 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5065 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5066 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5068 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5069 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5070 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5071 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5073 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5074 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5075 if (end
< inside_height
)
5076 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5077 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5078 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5079 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5080 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5088 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5090 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5094 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5096 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5099 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5101 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5102 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5103 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5104 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5106 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5109 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5110 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5116 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5117 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5118 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5122 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5124 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5125 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5126 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5127 int window_y
, window_height
;
5128 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5129 int fringe_extended_p
;
5132 /* Get window dimensions. */
5133 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5135 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5136 height
= window_height
;
5138 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5139 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5141 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5142 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5143 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5144 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5148 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5149 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5150 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5151 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5153 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5155 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5156 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5161 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5162 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5163 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5164 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5165 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5166 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5168 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5169 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5170 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5171 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5174 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5175 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5177 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5180 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5181 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5182 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5183 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5186 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5187 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5191 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5195 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5196 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5198 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5202 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5204 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5206 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5208 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5211 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5213 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5214 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5216 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5217 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5218 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5220 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5221 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5222 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5224 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5225 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5228 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5231 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5232 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5234 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5235 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5236 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5238 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5239 max (height
, 1), 0);
5240 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5242 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5244 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5245 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5246 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5248 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5249 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5251 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5252 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5253 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5257 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5258 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5259 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5262 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5263 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5264 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5266 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5267 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5268 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5269 rest
, height
, False
);
5271 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5272 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5276 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5281 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5283 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5285 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5289 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5291 /* Remember new settings. */
5292 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5294 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5295 bar
->height
= height
;
5300 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5301 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5303 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5304 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5305 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5307 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5309 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5312 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5315 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5316 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5317 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5320 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5322 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5326 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5327 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5328 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5329 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5330 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5331 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5332 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5334 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5335 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5336 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5339 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5341 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5342 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5345 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5346 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5347 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5348 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5349 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5350 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5351 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5356 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5357 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5360 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5362 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5365 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5366 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5369 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5371 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5372 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5373 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5375 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5377 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5378 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5380 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5381 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5382 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5384 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5385 one or the other! */
5389 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5391 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5392 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5394 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5396 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5397 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5398 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5401 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5402 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5405 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5407 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5409 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5411 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5412 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5413 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5415 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5417 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5419 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5422 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5425 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5426 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5430 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5431 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5432 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5434 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5438 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5440 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5441 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5442 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5443 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5447 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5449 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5450 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5451 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5452 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5454 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5455 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5457 /* x, y, width, height */
5459 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5462 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5463 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5464 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5465 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5470 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5472 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5473 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5475 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5480 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5482 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5485 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5486 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5487 emacs_event
->modifiers
5488 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5489 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5490 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5491 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5494 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5495 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5496 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5499 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5500 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5503 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5506 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5507 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5508 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5510 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5512 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5513 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5514 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5515 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5517 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5518 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5520 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5521 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5525 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5526 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5530 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5532 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5534 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5538 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5540 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5542 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5545 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5547 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5548 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5550 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5551 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5553 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5555 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5557 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5562 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5564 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5565 on the scroll bar. */
5568 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
5570 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5571 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5572 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5574 Window dummy_window
;
5576 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5580 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5582 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5584 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5585 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5586 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5588 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5591 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5597 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5599 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5601 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5602 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5606 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5610 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5612 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5613 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5614 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5615 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5616 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5617 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5619 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5621 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5622 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5625 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5628 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5634 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5635 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5636 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5640 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5642 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5645 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5646 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5647 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5648 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5649 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5650 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5651 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5652 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5654 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5658 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5660 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5661 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5662 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5663 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5665 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5666 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5668 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5670 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5671 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5673 static int temp_index
;
5674 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5676 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5677 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5679 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5681 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5682 on a particular display. */
5684 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5686 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5687 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5688 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5689 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5691 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5693 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5696 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5697 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5698 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5699 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5700 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5701 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5712 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5713 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5714 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5716 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5718 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5722 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5724 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5725 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5726 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5729 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5730 event
->xclient
.window
);
5732 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5737 static int current_count
;
5738 static int current_finish
;
5739 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5741 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5742 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5743 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5744 static GdkFilterReturn
5745 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5747 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5750 if (current_count
>= 0)
5752 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5754 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5757 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5758 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5759 so we do it here. */
5760 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5762 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5765 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5770 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5773 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5777 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5781 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5782 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5784 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5786 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5789 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
,
5790 enum xembed_message message
,
5791 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5793 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5795 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5796 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5797 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5799 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5802 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventp
, int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5805 struct input_event ie
;
5806 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5811 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5812 struct coding_system coding
;
5813 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5814 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5816 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5818 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5819 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5822 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5823 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5829 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5830 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5831 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5833 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5834 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5836 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5837 could be the shell widget window
5838 if the frame has no title bar. */
5839 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5841 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5842 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5843 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5845 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5846 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5847 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5848 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5849 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5852 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5853 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5854 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5855 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5858 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5859 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5860 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5863 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5864 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5865 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5867 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5868 /* The ICCCM says this is
5869 the only valid choice. */
5871 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5872 /* This is needed to detect the error
5873 if there is an error. */
5875 x_uncatch_errors ();
5877 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5882 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5883 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5885 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5886 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5887 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5888 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5889 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5890 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5891 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5892 session manager and one for this. */
5894 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5897 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5898 event
.xclient
.window
);
5899 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5900 for a single Emacs process. */
5901 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5902 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5903 event
.xclient
.window
,
5904 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5906 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5907 event
.xclient
.window
,
5913 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5914 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5916 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5917 event
.xclient
.window
);
5919 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5921 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5922 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5929 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5930 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5935 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5936 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5939 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5941 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5942 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5946 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5953 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5954 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5956 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5958 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5962 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5964 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5965 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5966 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5967 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5969 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5970 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5971 currently never do because we are interested in
5972 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5973 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5974 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5977 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5978 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5982 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5983 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5984 we construct an input_event. */
5985 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5986 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5988 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5989 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5992 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5994 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5995 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5996 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5998 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5999 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6000 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6002 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6006 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6008 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6011 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6012 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6016 case SelectionNotify
:
6017 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6018 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6019 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6021 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6022 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6025 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6026 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6027 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6028 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6030 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6032 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6034 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6035 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6036 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6037 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6038 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6042 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6043 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6044 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6045 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6047 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6049 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6050 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6052 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6053 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6054 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6055 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6056 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6057 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6058 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6059 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6063 case PropertyNotify
:
6064 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6065 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6066 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6067 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6069 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6070 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6073 case ReparentNotify
:
6074 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6078 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6079 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6083 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6084 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6085 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6090 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6094 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6095 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6096 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6097 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6098 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6101 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6103 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6104 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6105 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6106 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6110 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6111 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6115 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6116 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6118 #if defined USE_LUCID
6119 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6120 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6121 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6124 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6126 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6128 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6130 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6131 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6133 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6134 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6135 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6138 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6139 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6142 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6143 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6147 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6148 source area was obscured or not
6150 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6154 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6155 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6156 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6158 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6161 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6164 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6165 source area was completely
6170 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6171 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6174 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6177 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6178 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6179 the frame was deleted. */
6181 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6182 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6183 display that won't ever be seen. */
6184 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6185 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6186 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6187 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6188 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6189 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6190 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6191 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6193 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6195 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6196 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6202 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6203 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6204 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6207 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6208 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6209 frame is visible. */
6210 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6213 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6214 the frame's display structures.
6215 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6216 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6217 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6218 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6219 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6220 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6222 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6223 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6224 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6225 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6227 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6228 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6229 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6233 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6234 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6236 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6237 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6238 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6239 to update the frame titles
6240 in case this is the second frame. */
6241 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6244 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6251 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6252 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6254 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6255 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6256 if (popup_activated ())
6260 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6262 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6263 mouse highlighting. */
6264 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6266 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6268 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6269 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6272 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6275 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6276 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6277 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6279 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6281 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6282 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6285 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6289 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6290 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6291 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6294 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6295 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6296 status_return even if the input is too long to
6297 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6298 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6299 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6300 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6301 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6302 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6303 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6305 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6309 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6310 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6311 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6313 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6317 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6318 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6319 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6321 /* This will have to go some day... */
6323 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6324 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6325 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6326 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6327 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6328 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6329 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6331 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6332 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6333 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6334 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6335 not it is combined with Meta. */
6336 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6337 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6342 Status status_return
;
6344 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6345 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6346 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6347 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6349 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6351 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6352 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6353 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6354 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6355 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6358 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6359 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6361 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6366 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6367 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6371 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6372 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6375 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6376 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6380 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6381 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6382 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6385 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6386 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6388 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6389 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6391 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6392 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6394 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6395 translations to characters. */
6396 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6397 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6399 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6400 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6404 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6405 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6407 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6408 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6410 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6411 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6415 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6416 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6417 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6421 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6422 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6423 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6424 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6428 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6429 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6430 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6431 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6432 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6433 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6435 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6436 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6438 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6439 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6440 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6441 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6442 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6443 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6445 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6446 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6448 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6449 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6451 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6452 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6454 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6455 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6457 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6458 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6460 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6461 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6463 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6464 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6466 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6467 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6469 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6470 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6472 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6473 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6475 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6476 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6478 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6479 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6481 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6482 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6484 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6485 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6486 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6487 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6488 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6489 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6490 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6491 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6492 don't have real modifiers but
6493 should be treated similarly to
6494 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6495 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6496 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6498 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6499 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6503 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6504 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6506 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6507 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6511 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6516 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6518 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6520 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6523 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6525 /* Decode the input data. */
6528 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6529 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6530 we used just above and the locale. */
6531 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6532 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6533 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6534 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6535 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6536 gives us composition information. */
6537 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6539 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6540 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6541 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6542 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6543 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6544 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6545 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6546 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6549 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6550 character events. */
6551 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6553 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6554 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6556 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6557 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6558 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6559 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6561 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6566 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6568 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6574 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6575 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6583 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6585 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6586 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6594 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6595 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6597 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6599 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6600 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6602 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6603 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6604 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6605 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6607 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6608 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6609 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6610 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6615 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6619 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6620 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6622 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6625 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6627 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6628 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6629 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6630 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6633 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6634 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6635 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6636 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6637 if (any_help_event_p
)
6641 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6642 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6643 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6648 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6653 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6654 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6655 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6657 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6658 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6659 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6661 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6663 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6665 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6666 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6670 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6676 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6677 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6678 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6682 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6683 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6686 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6687 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6688 will be selected only when it is active. */
6689 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6690 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6691 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6692 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6693 create event iff we don't leave the
6695 && (focus_follows_mouse
6696 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6697 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6699 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6700 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6705 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6706 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6710 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6711 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6712 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6713 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6716 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6717 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6719 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6720 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6721 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6724 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6725 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6726 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6727 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6732 case ConfigureNotify
:
6733 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6736 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6737 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6739 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6740 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6746 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6748 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6749 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6751 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6752 is called by the code that handles resizing
6753 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6755 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6756 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6757 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6758 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6759 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6760 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6761 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6763 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6764 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6765 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6768 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6769 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6770 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6774 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6775 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6776 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6777 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6780 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6784 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6785 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6794 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6795 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6798 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6799 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6800 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6802 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6804 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6805 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6807 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6810 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6815 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6816 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6817 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6820 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6821 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6823 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6824 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6826 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6828 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6829 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6830 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6831 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6836 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6837 if (! popup_activated ())
6840 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6842 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6843 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6845 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6846 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6848 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6849 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6852 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6854 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6855 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6856 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6860 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6861 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6862 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6864 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6865 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6867 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6869 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6870 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6872 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6874 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6875 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6878 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6880 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6881 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6884 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6887 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6889 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6890 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6891 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6895 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6896 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6897 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6898 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6899 Instead, save it away
6900 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6901 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6902 if (! popup_activated ()
6904 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6905 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6907 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6908 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6909 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6910 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6911 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6912 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6913 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6914 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6916 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6917 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6918 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6920 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6922 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6927 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6931 case CirculateNotify
:
6934 case CirculateRequest
:
6937 case VisibilityNotify
:
6941 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6943 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6945 case MappingModifier
:
6946 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6947 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6948 case MappingKeyboard
:
6949 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6954 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6959 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6961 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6962 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6964 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6969 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6971 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6976 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6981 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6987 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6988 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6989 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6993 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6994 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7004 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7005 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7006 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7008 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7010 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7012 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7013 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7015 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7018 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7024 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7025 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7026 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7028 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7029 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7030 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7033 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7036 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7040 int event_found
= 0;
7042 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7044 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7046 pending_signals
= 1;
7051 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7053 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7057 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7058 input_signal_count
++;
7063 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7064 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7066 struct input_event inev
;
7068 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7069 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7070 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7072 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7079 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7080 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7082 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7083 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7087 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7091 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7094 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7095 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7100 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7101 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7103 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7109 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7110 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7111 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7112 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7114 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7115 from all displays. */
7117 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7119 current_count
= count
;
7120 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7122 gtk_main_iteration ();
7124 count
= current_count
;
7126 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7128 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7131 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7135 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7136 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7139 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7140 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7141 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7143 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7147 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7148 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7150 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7152 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7153 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7157 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7159 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7160 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7162 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7163 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7175 /***********************************************************************
7177 ***********************************************************************/
7179 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7180 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7182 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7183 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7184 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7187 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7189 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7190 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7191 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7193 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7195 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7196 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7197 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7198 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7199 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7201 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7205 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7208 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7210 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7211 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7212 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7215 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7218 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7219 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7220 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7221 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7224 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7225 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7226 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7228 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7229 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7230 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7231 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7232 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7234 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7235 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7236 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7238 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7239 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7240 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7241 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7245 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7247 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7248 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7249 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7253 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7255 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7256 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7258 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7259 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7261 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7262 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7265 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7266 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7267 the bar might not be in the window. */
7268 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7270 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7271 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7272 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7276 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7277 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7278 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7279 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7280 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7283 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7284 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7285 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7286 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7287 that the glyph is legible. */
7288 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7289 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7291 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7292 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7295 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7298 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7299 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7302 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7304 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7306 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7309 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7310 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7312 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7314 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7315 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7316 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7317 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7319 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7320 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7321 width
, row
->height
);
7325 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7328 width
= row
->height
;
7330 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7332 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7333 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7335 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7336 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7337 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7338 row
->height
- width
),
7339 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7342 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7347 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7350 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7352 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7353 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7354 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7355 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7359 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7362 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7364 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7365 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7367 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7368 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7369 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7374 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7377 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7379 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7383 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7384 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7386 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7387 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7388 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7389 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7391 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7392 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7396 switch (cursor_type
)
7398 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7399 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7402 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7403 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7407 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7411 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7415 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7424 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7425 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7426 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7431 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7438 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7441 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7445 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7448 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7449 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7450 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7451 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7456 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7457 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7458 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7460 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7461 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7462 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7466 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7467 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7473 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7474 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7477 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7479 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7481 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7485 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7488 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7489 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7493 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7494 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7498 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7499 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7500 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7501 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7502 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7504 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7507 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7508 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7514 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7515 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7518 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7520 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7525 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7526 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7528 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7529 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7532 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7533 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7534 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7535 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7540 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7542 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7543 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7545 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7546 be called from a signal handler.
7549 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7550 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7552 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7554 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7556 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7557 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7558 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7561 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7563 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7564 x_error_message
->string
,
7565 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7568 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7569 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7572 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7573 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7574 stored in *x_error_message.
7576 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7577 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7579 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7581 void x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
);
7584 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7586 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7588 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7592 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7593 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7594 x_error_message
= data
;
7597 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7598 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7601 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7603 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7607 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7608 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7609 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7610 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7612 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7613 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7618 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7619 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7620 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7623 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7625 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7628 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7630 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7631 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7632 x_uncatch_errors ();
7633 error (format
, string
);
7637 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7638 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7641 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7643 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7646 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7649 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7652 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7654 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7657 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7658 * idea. --lorentey */
7659 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7662 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7664 while (x_error_message
)
7665 x_uncatch_errors ();
7669 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7672 x_catching_errors (void)
7674 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7678 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7681 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7686 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7687 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7688 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7689 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7690 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7693 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7694 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7697 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7698 must reestablish each time */
7699 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7704 /************************************************************************
7706 ************************************************************************/
7708 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7710 static char *error_msg
;
7712 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7713 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7714 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7717 x_fatal_error_signal (void)
7719 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7723 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7724 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7727 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7729 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7730 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7731 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7733 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7734 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7735 handling_signal
= 0;
7737 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7738 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7739 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7740 the original message here. */
7741 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7743 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7744 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7748 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7750 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7751 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7754 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7755 that are on the dead display. */
7756 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7758 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7760 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7761 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7762 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7763 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7764 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7765 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7768 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7769 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7770 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7771 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7772 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7773 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7775 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7776 trying to find a replacement. */
7777 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7778 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7781 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7782 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7785 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7786 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7787 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7788 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7790 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7791 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7792 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7794 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1',
7795 opened in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7797 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7798 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7799 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7800 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7801 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7802 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7803 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7806 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7807 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7808 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7809 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7810 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7811 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7812 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7813 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7814 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7817 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7819 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7820 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7822 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7823 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7824 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7825 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7830 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7831 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7835 x_uncatch_errors ();
7837 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7839 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7840 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7844 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7846 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7848 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7849 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7851 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7852 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7853 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7854 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7855 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7856 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7859 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7860 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7861 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7863 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7864 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7867 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7869 if (x_error_message
)
7870 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7872 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7876 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7877 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7878 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7880 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7882 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7883 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7885 static void NO_INLINE
7886 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7888 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7890 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7891 or colors that are not defined. */
7893 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7896 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7897 original error handler. */
7899 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7900 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7901 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7902 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7906 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7907 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7908 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7911 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7915 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7916 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7920 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7922 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7923 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7924 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7928 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7930 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7933 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7934 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7935 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7936 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7940 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7941 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7942 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7943 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7944 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7946 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7948 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7949 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7951 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7952 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7953 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7957 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7958 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7961 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7963 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7964 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7965 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7966 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7967 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7972 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7975 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7984 /***********************************************************************
7986 ***********************************************************************/
7992 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7993 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7994 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7997 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7999 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8000 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8004 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8005 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8007 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8008 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8010 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8011 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8015 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8016 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8017 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8021 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8024 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8025 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8028 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8029 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8032 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8040 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8041 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8048 XIMCallback destroy
;
8051 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8052 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8055 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8056 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8057 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8063 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8064 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8068 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8070 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8071 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8072 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8073 when the callback was registered. */
8076 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8078 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8079 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8081 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8085 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8087 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8088 as they have no XIC. */
8089 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8091 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8094 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8096 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8099 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8100 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8102 create_frame_xic (f
);
8103 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8104 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8105 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8107 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8108 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8117 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8120 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8121 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8122 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8123 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8126 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8128 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8132 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8133 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8136 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8137 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8138 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8139 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8140 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8141 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8142 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8143 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8144 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8145 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8146 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8147 least, hence the configure test. */
8148 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8149 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8150 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8151 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8153 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8157 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8160 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8165 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8166 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8167 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8169 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8170 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8171 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8172 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8173 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8174 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8175 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8176 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8178 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8181 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8185 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8186 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8189 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8191 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8193 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8194 is already for the top-left corner. */
8195 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8198 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8199 position that fits on the screen. */
8200 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8201 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8202 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8205 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8207 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8208 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8209 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8211 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8212 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8213 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8214 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8217 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8218 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8220 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8223 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8224 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8225 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8228 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8229 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8230 so the flags should correspond. */
8231 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8234 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8235 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8236 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8237 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8238 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8241 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8243 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8245 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8247 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8248 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8252 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8254 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8256 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8257 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8259 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8262 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8264 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8265 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8267 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8269 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8270 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8271 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8272 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8273 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8276 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8277 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8279 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8280 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8283 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8284 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8285 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8286 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8289 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8290 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8291 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8293 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8294 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8295 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8296 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8297 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8298 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8303 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8304 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8305 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8306 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8307 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8310 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8313 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8314 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8315 Window wmcheck_window
;
8316 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8317 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8318 long max_len
= 65536;
8319 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8320 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8321 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8325 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8326 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8327 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8328 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8329 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8330 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8332 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8334 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8335 x_uncatch_errors ();
8340 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8343 /* Check if window exists. */
8344 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8346 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8348 x_uncatch_errors ();
8353 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8355 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8356 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8357 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8358 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8359 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8360 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8362 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8364 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8365 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8366 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8367 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8368 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8370 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8372 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8373 x_uncatch_errors ();
8378 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8379 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8380 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8385 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8386 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8388 x_uncatch_errors ();
8395 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8397 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8399 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8400 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8402 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8404 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8406 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8408 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8413 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8416 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8418 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8420 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8421 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8424 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8425 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8426 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8429 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8435 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8436 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8437 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8438 long max_len
= 65536;
8439 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8440 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8441 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8444 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8447 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8448 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8449 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8450 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8451 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8453 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8455 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8456 x_uncatch_errors ();
8461 x_uncatch_errors ();
8463 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8465 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8466 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8468 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8469 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8471 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8473 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8475 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8476 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8478 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8480 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8481 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8482 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8486 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8490 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8493 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8495 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8496 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8499 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8501 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8502 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8504 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8506 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8510 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8512 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8513 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8514 are sent at once. */
8515 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8517 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8518 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8519 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8520 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8521 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8522 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8524 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8525 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8526 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8527 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8528 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8529 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8530 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8532 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8533 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8534 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8535 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8536 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8537 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8538 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8540 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8541 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8542 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8543 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8544 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8546 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8547 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8548 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8550 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8551 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8554 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8558 return have_net_atom
;
8562 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8564 if (f
->async_visible
)
8567 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8575 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8577 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8581 get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8585 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8588 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8591 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8594 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8599 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8600 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8603 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8604 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8606 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8608 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8611 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8612 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8614 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8615 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8616 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8618 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8620 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8621 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8623 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8625 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8626 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8627 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8628 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8629 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8631 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8632 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8634 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8635 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8638 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8643 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8644 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8645 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8646 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8647 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8648 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8649 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8652 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8654 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8656 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8657 window manager window around the frame. */
8659 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8661 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8663 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8668 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8669 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8670 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8672 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8674 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8675 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8677 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8678 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8680 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8683 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8684 frame's position. */
8686 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8690 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8691 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8692 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8693 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8694 of an exact comparison. */
8697 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8701 while (count
++ < 50)
8703 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8705 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8706 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8709 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8710 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8714 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8717 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8718 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8721 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8725 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8726 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8728 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8732 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8734 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8736 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8739 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8740 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8742 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8743 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8745 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8746 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8747 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8748 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8749 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8751 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8753 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8754 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8755 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8757 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8762 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8763 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8765 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8766 break; /* Timeout */
8768 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8769 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8773 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8774 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8775 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8776 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8779 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8781 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8783 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8784 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8785 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8787 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8789 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8791 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8792 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8793 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8794 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8796 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8797 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8798 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8799 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8802 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8803 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8804 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8805 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8806 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8808 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8809 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8810 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8811 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8813 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8814 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8815 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8816 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8817 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8819 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8822 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8823 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8824 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8825 if (f
->async_visible
)
8826 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8829 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8830 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8831 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8837 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8838 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8839 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8840 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8843 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8847 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8851 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8852 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8853 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8854 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8855 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8856 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8857 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8858 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8859 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8860 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8862 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8864 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8865 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8866 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8867 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8868 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8869 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8870 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8874 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8875 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8877 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8878 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8880 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8882 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8884 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8885 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8887 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8888 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8889 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8890 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8891 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8896 /* Mouse warping. */
8899 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8903 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8904 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8906 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8907 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8909 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8910 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8914 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8915 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8919 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8922 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8926 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8927 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8931 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8934 x_focus_on_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8937 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8938 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8939 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8940 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8941 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8946 x_unfocus_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8949 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8950 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8951 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8952 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8956 /* Raise frame F. */
8959 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8962 if (f
->async_visible
)
8963 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8965 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8969 /* Lower frame F. */
8972 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8974 if (f
->async_visible
)
8977 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8978 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8983 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8986 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8988 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8989 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8991 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8992 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8995 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8996 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8997 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8999 Fcons (make_number (1),
9000 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9006 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
9014 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9017 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9019 unsigned long data
[2];
9020 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9022 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9025 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9026 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9027 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9031 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
, enum xembed_message message
, long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9035 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9036 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9037 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9038 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9039 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9040 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9041 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9042 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9043 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9045 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9046 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9047 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9050 /* Change of visibility. */
9052 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9053 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9054 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9055 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9056 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9057 finishes with it. */
9060 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9063 int original_top
, original_left
;
9064 int retry_count
= 2;
9070 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9072 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9074 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9076 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9077 call x_set_offset a second time
9078 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9079 before the window gets really visible. */
9080 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9081 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9082 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9083 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9085 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9087 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9088 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9089 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9090 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9091 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9094 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9095 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9097 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9099 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9100 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9102 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9103 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9105 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9106 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9107 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9110 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9112 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9113 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9114 so that incoming events are handled. */
9118 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9119 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9120 will set it when they are handled. */
9121 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9123 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9124 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9126 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9129 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9131 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9132 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9133 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9134 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9136 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9137 because the window manager may choose the position
9138 and we don't want to override it. */
9140 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9141 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9142 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9143 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9144 && previously_visible
)
9148 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9152 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9153 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9154 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9155 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9156 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9157 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9158 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9159 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9160 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9162 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9163 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9164 original_left
, original_top
);
9169 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9171 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9172 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9173 MapNotify at all.. */
9174 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9175 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9177 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9180 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9181 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9182 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9183 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9184 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9186 if (input_polling_used ())
9188 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9189 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9190 handler reset it. */
9191 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9192 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9193 poll_for_input_1 ();
9194 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9197 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9198 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9203 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9207 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9208 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9209 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9210 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9212 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9217 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9219 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9222 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9226 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9227 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9229 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9230 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9231 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9235 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9236 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9237 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9238 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9239 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9240 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9243 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9244 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9247 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9248 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9253 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9254 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9256 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9257 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9261 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9262 just by the event that we get from the server.
9263 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9264 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9265 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9267 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9268 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9269 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9276 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9279 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9284 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9285 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9286 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9288 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9293 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9295 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9297 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9300 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9302 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9303 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9305 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9308 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9309 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9315 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9317 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9319 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9320 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9321 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9322 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9323 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9324 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9325 so we have to record it here. */
9328 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9329 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9334 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9335 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9336 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9340 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9342 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9343 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9347 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9349 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9351 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9352 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9353 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9354 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9355 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9356 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9358 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9359 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9361 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9362 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9366 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9367 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9368 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9369 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9370 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9372 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9373 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9375 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9378 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9379 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9383 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9385 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9387 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9389 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9390 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9393 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9394 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9396 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9398 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9402 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9405 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9407 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9409 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9410 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9414 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9415 commands to the X server. */
9416 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9418 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9419 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9421 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9422 free_frame_faces (f
);
9424 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9425 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9427 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9428 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9429 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9430 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9431 toolkit scroll bars. */
9432 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9434 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9435 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9444 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9445 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9447 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9448 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9450 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9451 we are using a toolkit. */
9452 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9453 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9455 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9456 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9459 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9460 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9462 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9463 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9464 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9466 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9467 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9468 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9469 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9470 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9471 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9473 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9474 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9475 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9476 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9477 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9478 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9479 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9480 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9481 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9482 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9483 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9484 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9485 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9486 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9487 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9490 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9493 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9494 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9495 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9497 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9498 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9499 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9500 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9501 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9502 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9504 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9506 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9507 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9508 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9509 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9510 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9511 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9512 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9519 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9522 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9524 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9526 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9527 commands to the X server. */
9528 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9529 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9531 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9535 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9537 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9538 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9539 that the window now has.
9540 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9541 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9542 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9546 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9548 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9549 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9551 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9552 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9554 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9555 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9557 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9558 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9560 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9561 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9562 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9563 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9564 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9565 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9567 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9569 int base_width
, base_height
;
9570 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9572 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9573 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9575 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9577 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9578 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9579 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9580 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9581 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9583 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9584 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9585 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9587 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9588 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9589 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9590 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9591 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9594 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9597 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9602 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9603 long supplied_return
;
9606 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9610 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9615 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9616 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9617 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9618 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9619 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9620 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9621 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9622 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9629 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9630 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9634 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9635 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9637 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9639 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9641 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9643 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9646 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9648 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9651 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9652 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9653 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9654 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9656 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9657 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9659 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9660 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9664 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, int pixmap_id
)
9666 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9668 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9669 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9674 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9675 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9676 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9677 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9681 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9689 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9693 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9697 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9698 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9699 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9700 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9703 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9705 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9706 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9708 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9712 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9714 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9716 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9717 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9718 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9720 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9724 /***********************************************************************
9726 ***********************************************************************/
9730 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9734 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9738 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9739 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9740 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9743 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9746 /***********************************************************************
9748 ***********************************************************************/
9750 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9751 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9752 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9753 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9755 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9756 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9757 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9759 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9760 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9761 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9762 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9763 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9764 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9765 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9768 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9770 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9772 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9774 static int x_initialized
;
9777 static int x_session_initialized
;
9780 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9781 the screen number from the server number. */
9783 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9786 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9787 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9788 int length_until_period
= 0;
9790 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9791 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9792 length_until_period
++;
9794 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9795 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9797 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9799 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9800 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9801 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9802 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9803 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9804 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9805 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9806 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9807 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9808 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9809 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9810 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9811 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9812 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9814 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9818 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9822 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9823 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9826 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9827 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9830 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9851 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9852 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9855 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9860 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9862 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9870 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
, const gchar
*message
, gpointer user_data
)
9872 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
9873 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
9877 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9878 the structure that describes the open display.
9879 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9881 struct x_display_info
*
9882 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9886 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9887 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9889 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9899 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9900 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9906 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9907 char **argv2
= argv
;
9910 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9912 xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9916 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9917 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9919 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9923 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9925 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9927 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9928 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
9931 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9932 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9934 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9936 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9937 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9938 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9939 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9940 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9941 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9943 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9947 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
9949 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9950 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9952 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9954 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9955 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9957 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9958 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9960 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9961 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
9964 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9965 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9968 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9969 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9970 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9972 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9973 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9974 So let's not use it until R6. */
9976 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9987 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9988 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9990 turn_on_atimers (0);
9991 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
9992 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9993 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9995 turn_on_atimers (1);
9998 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10003 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10004 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10005 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10006 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10007 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10009 /* Detect failure. */
10016 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10018 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10019 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10020 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10022 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10025 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10028 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10029 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10030 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10031 SDATA (display_name
)))
10034 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10037 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10038 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10039 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10041 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10042 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10043 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10044 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10045 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10047 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10049 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10051 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10052 list of terminals. */
10053 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10054 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10055 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10056 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10058 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10059 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10061 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10062 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10063 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10065 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10066 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10070 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10071 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10072 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10073 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10074 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10076 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10079 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10080 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10081 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10083 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10084 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10085 x_display_name_list
);
10086 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10088 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10090 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10091 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10092 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10093 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10096 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10100 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10101 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10103 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10104 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10106 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10107 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10109 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10111 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10112 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10113 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10115 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10116 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10118 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10119 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10120 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10121 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10123 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10125 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10127 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10129 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10130 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10131 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10132 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10133 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10134 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10135 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10136 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10137 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10138 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10139 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10140 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10141 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10142 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10143 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10144 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10145 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10146 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10147 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10148 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10149 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10150 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10151 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10152 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10153 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10154 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10155 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10156 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10158 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10159 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10160 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10162 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10164 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10165 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10166 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10167 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10168 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10169 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10172 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10173 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10175 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10178 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10179 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10180 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10182 if (STRINGP (value
)
10183 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10184 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10185 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10189 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10190 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10194 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10195 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10196 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10197 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10198 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10200 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10202 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10203 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10207 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10209 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10210 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10211 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10212 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10213 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10214 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10215 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10216 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10217 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10226 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10227 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10228 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10229 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10230 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10231 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10232 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10233 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10234 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10235 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10236 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10237 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10238 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10239 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10240 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10241 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10242 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10243 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10244 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10245 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10246 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10247 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10248 /* For properties of font. */
10249 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10250 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10251 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10252 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10253 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10254 /* Ghostscript support. */
10255 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10256 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10257 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10258 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10260 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10261 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10262 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10263 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10264 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10265 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10266 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10267 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10268 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10269 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10270 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10271 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10272 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10273 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10274 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10275 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10276 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10277 /* Session management */
10278 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10279 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10280 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10284 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10285 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10286 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10287 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10288 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10289 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10291 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10292 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10294 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10295 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10296 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10297 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10299 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10300 False
, atoms_return
);
10302 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10303 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10305 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10306 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10308 xfree (atom_names
);
10309 xfree (atoms_return
);
10312 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10313 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10314 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10315 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10317 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10318 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10319 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10321 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10322 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10326 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10328 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10329 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10333 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10336 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10338 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10339 if (connection
!= 0)
10340 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10343 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10344 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10347 if (interrupt_input
)
10348 init_sigio (connection
);
10349 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10353 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10354 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10357 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10358 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10359 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10360 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10361 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10362 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10363 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10364 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10366 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10367 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10368 x_uncatch_errors ();
10372 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10373 for debugging X code. */
10376 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10377 build_string ("synchronous"),
10378 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10380 if (STRINGP (value
)
10381 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10382 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10383 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10388 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10389 build_string ("useXIM"),
10390 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10393 if (STRINGP (value
)
10394 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10395 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10398 if (STRINGP (value
)
10399 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10400 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10406 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10407 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10409 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10410 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10418 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10419 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10422 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10424 struct terminal
*t
;
10426 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10428 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10429 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10432 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10433 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10434 x_session_close ();
10436 delete_terminal (t
);
10440 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10442 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10443 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10444 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10445 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10446 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10451 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10452 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10454 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10456 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10459 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10463 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10464 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10466 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10467 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10470 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10472 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10473 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10474 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10477 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10478 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10479 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10483 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10485 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10486 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10487 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10488 that slows us down. */
10491 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10494 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10495 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10497 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10498 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10499 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10500 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10505 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10506 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10507 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10508 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10509 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10510 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10511 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10514 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10517 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10519 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10521 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10522 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10523 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10528 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10531 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10533 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10535 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10537 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10541 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10543 x_after_update_window_line
,
10544 x_update_window_begin
,
10545 x_update_window_end
,
10551 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10553 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10554 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10555 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10556 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10557 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10558 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10559 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10560 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10561 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10562 x_clear_frame_area
,
10563 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10564 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10565 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10569 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10571 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10573 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10575 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10576 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10577 if (!terminal
->name
)
10582 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10585 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10588 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10589 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10590 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10592 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10593 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10595 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10596 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10597 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10598 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10600 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10601 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10602 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10603 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10604 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10605 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10606 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10607 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10608 leaks in other situations. */
10610 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10611 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10613 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10615 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10616 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10617 closing all the displays. */
10618 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10622 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10624 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10625 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10627 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10629 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10632 /* Mark as dead. */
10633 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10634 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10638 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10639 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10641 static struct terminal
*
10642 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10644 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10646 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10648 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10649 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10650 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10652 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10654 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10655 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10656 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10657 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10658 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10659 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10660 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10661 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10662 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10663 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10664 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10665 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10666 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10667 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10668 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10669 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10670 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10671 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10672 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10673 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10675 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10676 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10678 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10679 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10680 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10681 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10682 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10683 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10690 x_initialize (void)
10695 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10696 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10697 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10699 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10703 current_count
= -1;
10706 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10707 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10709 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10710 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10712 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10714 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10715 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10716 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10717 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10718 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10719 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10720 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10722 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10725 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10727 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10728 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10732 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10733 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10734 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10736 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10737 original error handler. */
10738 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10739 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10741 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10743 xgselect_initialize ();
10748 syms_of_xterm (void)
10750 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10752 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10753 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10755 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10756 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10758 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10759 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10761 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10762 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10764 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10765 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10768 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10769 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10771 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10772 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10775 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10776 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10777 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10778 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10779 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10780 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10781 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10783 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10785 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10786 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10787 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10788 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10789 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10790 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10791 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10793 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10794 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10795 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10796 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10797 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10798 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10799 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10800 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10801 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10803 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10804 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10805 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10806 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10807 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10808 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10809 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10811 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10812 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10813 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10815 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10817 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10820 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10823 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10824 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10826 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10827 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10828 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10829 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10830 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10831 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10832 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10833 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10834 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10836 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10837 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10838 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10839 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10840 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10841 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10843 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10844 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10845 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10846 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10847 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10848 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10850 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10851 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10852 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10853 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10854 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10855 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10857 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10858 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10859 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10860 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10861 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10862 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10864 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10865 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10866 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10867 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10868 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10872 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */